-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, L8dJBIw/KVz+5BHHmmzBC0rYwxtE95yCSH5D17vssg8e5Z30tW/cmffaKLofyWVH DGtGOO2NarIHfG3I1tQ57g== 0001104659-05-046184.txt : 20050928 0001104659-05-046184.hdr.sgml : 20050928 20050928164850 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001104659-05-046184 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 8-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 3 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20050923 ITEM INFORMATION: Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement ITEM INFORMATION: Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant ITEM INFORMATION: Financial Statements and Exhibits FILED AS OF DATE: 20050928 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20050928 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS LP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001168397 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: CRUDE PETROLEUM & NATURAL GAS [1311] IRS NUMBER: 680490580 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 8-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-31345 FILM NUMBER: 051108668 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 5900 CHERRY AVE CITY: LOS ANGELES STATE: CA ZIP: 90805 4405 8-K 1 a05-16895_18k.htm 8-K

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

 


 

FORM 8-K

 

CURRENT REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of report (Date of earliest event reported):  September 23, 2005

 

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

313345

 

68-0490580

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(Commission

 

(IRS Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

File Number)

 

Identification No.)

 

5900 Cherry Avenue

Long Beach, CA 90805-4408

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(562) 728-2800

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Not Applicable

(Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions (see General Instruction A.2. below):

 

o    Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

o    Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

o    Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

o    Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

 



 

ITEM 1.01 ENTRY INTO A MATERIAL DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT

 

Indenture

 

On September 23, 2005, Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), as issuer, its wholly-owned subsidiary Pacific Energy Finance Corporation, as co-issuer (“Finance Corp.”, and together with the Partnership, the “Issuers”), and certain of the Partnership's wholly-owned subsidiaries at the time of the offering, as guarantors (the “Guarantors”), entered into an Indenture (the “Indenture”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as trustee (the “Trustee”) in connection with the issuance of $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.25% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”).  See Item 2.03 below which describes the material terms of the Indenture and which is incorporated by reference into this item in its entirety.  The Indenture is attached as Exhibit 4.1 to this report and is incorporated by reference into this report in its entirety.

 

Notes

 

On September 23, 2005, the Issuers delivered the Notes.  See the description of the material terms of the Notes in Item 2.03 below which is incorporated by reference into this item in its entirety.  The form of the note delivered by the Issuers is included in Exhibit 4.1 to this report and is incorporated by reference into this report in its entirety.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

On September 23, 2005, the Issuers and the initial purchasers of the Notes (the “Initial Purchasers”) entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) providing the holders of the Notes certain rights relating to the registration of the Notes under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”).  See the description of the material terms of the Registration Rights Agreement in Item 2.03 below which is incorporated by reference into this item in its entirety.  The Registration Rights Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.3 to this report and is incorporated by reference into this report in its entirety.

 

ITEM 2.03 CREATION OF A DIRECT FINANCIAL OBLIGATION OR AN OBLIGATION UNDER AN OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENT OF A REGISTRANT

 

On September 23, 2005, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement with the Initial Purchasers previously described by the Partnership in its Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on September 19, 2005, the Issuers sold the Notes to the Initial Purchasers at an offering price of 99.544% of the aggregate principal amount of $175 million plus accrued interest, if any, from September 23, 2005, less a customary discount to the Initial Purchasers.  The offering was conducted in accordance with the exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 144(A) under the Securities Act, and outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

The terms of the Notes are governed by the Indenture.  The Indenture contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuers and the Guarantors to incur indebtedness, make distributions to the Partnership’s unitholders or make other restricted payments, engage in sale and leaseback transactions, effect a consolidation, merger or sale, lease or other conveyance of any of their respective assets and create liens on any of their respective assets.  The Indenture also contains customary events of default, upon which the Trustee or the holders of the Notes may declare all outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors, and rank equally with all of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness, and are effectively subordinated to all of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness.

 

The Notes bear interest payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, starting on March 15, 2006.  The Notes mature on September 15, 2015.

 

2



 

At any time prior to September 15, 2008, the Partnership may use the proceeds of certain equity offerings to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 106.25% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, if at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes issued under the Indenture remain outstanding after such redemption and the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such equity offering.  At any time prior to September 15, 2010, the Partnership may redeem some or all of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. On or after September 15, 2010, the Partnership may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth below (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2010

 

103.125

%

2011

 

102.083

%

2012

 

101.042

%

2013 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

Additionally, the Partnership may be required to offer to purchase the Notes at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, in the event of a change of control.

 

If the Issuers have not consummated the acquisition of at least two of the three asset packages that comprise the refined products and crude oil terminal and pipeline assets of three subsidiaries of Valero L.P., Support Terminals Operating Partnership, L.P., Kaneb Pipe Line Operating Partnership, L.P., and Shore Terminals LLC (the “Sellers”) pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 2005 with the Sellers, on or before the day that is 120 days after the closing of the Notes, then the Issuers must redeem all of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 99.545% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

In connection with the offering of the Notes, the Issuers also entered into the Registration Rights Agreement with the Initial Purchasers. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers agreed to conduct a registered exchange offer for the Notes or cause to become effective a shelf registration statement providing for resale of the Notes. The Issuers are required to: (i) file a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) within 90 days after the issue date of the Notes; (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective within 270 days after the issue date of the Notes; (iii) as soon as practicable after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement offer the exchange notes in exchange for the Notes and (iv) keep the registered exchange offer open for not less than 30 days after the date notice of the registered exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the Notes. If the Issuers fail to comply with certain obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, they will be required to pay liquidated damages in the form of additional cash interest to the holders of the Notes.

 

ITEM 9.01  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

 

(a)           Financial Statements of Business Acquired.

 

Not applicable.

 

(b)           Pro Forma Financial Statements.

 

Not applicable.

 

(c)           Exhibits.

 

4.1

 

Indenture, dated September 23, 2005, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee

4.2

 

Form of 6.25% Senior Note due 2015 (included as Exhibit A to the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1 hereto).

4.3

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 23, 2005, among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers

 

3



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

PACIFIC ENERGY GP, LP

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

PACIFIC ENERGY MANAGEMENT LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/  GERALD A. TYWONIUK

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: September 28, 2005

 

 

4



 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

4.1

 

Indenture, dated September 23, 2005, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee

4.2

 

Form of 6.25% Senior Note due 2015 (included as Exhibit A to the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1 hereto).

4.3

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 23, 2005, among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers

 

5


EX-4.1 2 a05-16895_1ex4d1.htm EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.,

 

PACIFIC ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

 

AND

 

THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGE HEREOF

 


 

6 ¼% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

 


 

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of September 23, 2005

 


 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

As Trustee

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01.

Definitions

 

Section 1.02.

Other Definitions

 

Section 1.03.

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

 

Section 1.04.

Rules of Construction

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01.

Form and Dating

 

Section 2.02.

Execution and Authentication

 

Section 2.03.

Registrar and Paying Agent

 

Section 2.04.

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

 

Section 2.05.

Noteholder Lists

 

Section 2.06.

Transfer and Exchange

 

Section 2.07.

Replacement Notes

 

Section 2.08.

Outstanding Notes

 

Section 2.09.

Temporary Notes

 

Section 2.10.

Cancellation

 

Section 2.11.

Defaulted Interest

 

Section 2.12.

CUSIP Numbers

 

Section 2.13.

Issuance of Additional Notes

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01.

Notices to Trustee

 

Section 3.02.

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

 

Section 3.03.

Notice of Redemption

 

Section 3.04.

Effect of Notice of Redemption

 

Section 3.05.

Deposit of Redemption Price

 

Section 3.06.

Notes Redeemed in Part

 

Section 3.07.

Optional Redemption

 

Section 3.08.

Special Mandatory Redemption

 

Section 3.09.

Mandatory Redemption

 

Section 3.10.

Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01.

Payment of Notes

 

Section 4.02.

Maintenance of Office or Agency

 

Section 4.03.

Reports

 

Section 4.04.

Compliance Certificate

 

Section 4.05.

Taxes

 

Section 4.06.

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

 

Section 4.07.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

 

Section 4.08.

Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

 

Section 4.09.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock

 

 

i



 

Section 4.10.

Limitation on Asset Sales

 

Section 4.11.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

 

Section 4.12.

Limitation on Liens

 

Section 4.13.

Additional Subsidiary Guarantees

 

Section 4.14.

Corporate Existence

 

Section 4.15.

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

 

Section 4.16.

Permitted Business Activities

 

Section 4.17.

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

 

Section 4.18.

Covenant Termination

 

Section 4.19.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01.

Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets

 

Section 5.02.

Successor Substituted

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01.

Events of Default

 

Section 6.02.

Acceleration

 

Section 6.03.

Other Remedies

 

Section 6.04.

Waiver of Past Defaults

 

Section 6.05.

Control by Majority

 

Section 6.06.

Limitation on Suits

 

Section 6.07.

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

 

Section 6.08.

Collection Suit by Trustee

 

Section 6.09.

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

 

Section 6.10.

Priorities

 

Section 6.11.

Undertaking for Costs

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01.

Duties of Trustee

 

Section 7.02.

Rights of Trustee

 

Section 7.03.

Individual Rights of Trustee

 

Section 7.04.

Trustee’s Disclaimer

 

Section 7.05.

Notice of Defaults

 

Section 7.06.

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

 

Section 7.07.

Compensation and Indemnity

 

Section 7.08.

Replacement of Trustee

 

Section 7.09.

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc

 

Section 7.10.

Eligibility; Disqualification

 

Section 7.11.

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01.

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

 

Section 8.02.

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

 

Section 8.03.

Covenant Defeasance

 

Section 8.04.

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

 

Section 8.05.

Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

 

Section 8.06.

Repayment to Issuers

 

Section 8.07.

Reinstatement

 

 

ii



 

Section 8.08.

Discharge

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01.

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

 

Section 9.02.

With Consent of Holders of Notes

 

Section 9.03.

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

 

Section 9.04.

Revocation and Effect of Consents

 

Section 9.05.

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

 

Section 9.06.

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES OF NOTES

 

Section 10.01.

Subsidiary Guarantees

 

Section 10.02.

Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms

 

Section 10.03.

Releases of Subsidiary Guarantees

 

Section 10.04.

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

 

Section 10.05.

“Trustee” to Include Paying Agent

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.01.

Trust Indenture Act Controls

 

Section 11.02.

Notices

 

Section 11.03.

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

 

Section 11.04.

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

 

Section 11.05.

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

 

Section 11.06.

Rules by Trustee and Agents

 

Section 11.07.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Unitholders

 

Section 11.08.

Governing Law

 

Section 11.09.

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

 

Section 11.10.

Successors

 

Section 11.11.

Severability

 

Section 11.12.

Table of Contents, Headings, etc

 

Section 11.13.

Counterparts

 

 

iii




 

CROSS REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act
Section

 

Indenture
Section

 

310

(a)

(1)

 

7.10

 

 

(a)

(2)

 

7.10

 

 

(a)

(3)

 

N/A

 

 

(a)

(4)

 

N/A

 

 

(a)

(5)

 

7.10

 

 

(b)

 

 

7.10

 

 

(c)

 

 

N/A

 

311

(a)

 

 

7.11

 

 

(b)

 

 

7.11

 

 

(c)

 

 

N/A

 

312

(a)

 

 

2.05

 

 

(b)

 

 

11.03

 

 

(c)

 

 

11.03

 

313

(a)

 

 

7.06

 

 

(b)

(1)

 

7.06

 

 

(b)

(2)

 

7.06, 7.07

 

 

(c)

 

 

7.06, 11.02

 

 

(d)

 

 

7.06

 

314

(a)

 

 

4.03

 

 

(a)

(4)

 

11.05

 

 

(b)

 

 

N/A

 

 

(c)

(1)

 

N/A

 

 

(c)

(2)

 

N/A

 

 

(c)

(3)

 

N/A

 

 

(d)

 

 

N/A

 

 

(e)

 

 

11.05

 

 

(f)

 

 

N/A

 

315

(a)

 

 

N/A

 

 

(b)

 

 

N/A

 

 

(c)

 

 

N/A

 

 

(d)

 

 

N/A

 

 

(e)

 

 

N/A

 

316

(a) (last sentence)

 

2.08

 

 

(a)

(1)(A)

 

N/A

 

 

(a)

(1)(B)

 

N/A

 

 

(a)

(2)

 

N/A

 

 

(b)

 

 

N/A

 

 

(c)

 

 

N/A

 

317

(a)

(1)

 

N/A

 

 

(a)

(2)

 

N/A

 

 

(b)

 

 

N/A

 

318

(a)

 

 

N/A

 

 

(b)

 

 

N/A

 

 

(c)

 

 

11.01

 

 


N/A means not applicable.

*This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 

v



 

This Indenture, dated as of September 23, 2005, is among Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), Pacific Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the guarantors listed on the signature page hereof (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuers’ Initial Notes, Exchange Notes, Private Exchange Notes and Additional Notes:

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01.          Definitions.

 

‘‘364-Day Credit Facility’’ means the $300 million 364-day senior secured term credit facility to be entered into with Bank of America, N.A. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.

 

Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)           Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness which is extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or becoming a Subsidiary or such specified Person; and

 

(2)           Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Additional Interest” means all Additional Interest then owing pursuant to Section 6 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to in clause (1) of the definition of “Registration Rights Agreement” in the Appendix.  Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references to “interest” in this Indenture or the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest.

 

Additional Notes” means, subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.09, 6 ¼% Senior Notes due 2015 issued from time to time after the Initial Issuance Date under the terms of this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 or 3.06 of this Indenture and other than Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes issued pursuant to an exchange offer for other Notes outstanding under this Indenture).

 

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or

 



 

otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control by the other Person; and provided, further, that any third Person which also beneficially owns 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a specified Person shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of either the specified Person or the other Person merely because of such common ownership in such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

 

Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

Agent Members” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

Applicable Law,” except as the context may otherwise require, means all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any court or governmental or congressional agency or authority and rules, regulations, orders, licenses and permits of any United States federal, state, municipal, regional, or other governmental body, instrumentality, agency or authority.

 

Asset Sale” means:

 

(1)           the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any properties or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction); provided that the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.15 and/or the provisions of Section 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.10; and

 

(2)           the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

 

(1)           any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves properties or assets having a fair market value of less than $10.0 million or results in net cash proceeds to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary not in excess of $10.0 million;

 

(2)           a transfer of assets between or among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(3)           an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)           the sale, lease or other disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other properties or assets, including line fill, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(5)           the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents, Hedging Obligations or other financial instruments in the ordinary course of business;

 

2



 

(6)           a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07 or a Permitted Investment;

 

(7)           any trade or exchange by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of properties or assets of any type for properties or assets of any type owned or held by another Person, including any disposition of some but not all of the Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets or properties and after which the Person whose Equity Interests have been so disposed of continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the fair market value of the properties or assets traded or exchanged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (together with any cash or Cash Equivalent together with liabilities assumed) is reasonably equivalent to the fair market value of the properties or assets (together with any cash or Cash Equivalent together with liabilities assumed) to be received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and provided further that any cash received must be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10;

 

(8)           the creation or perfection of a Lien that is not prohibited by Section 4.12;

 

(9)           dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

 

(10)         surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

 

(11)         the grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive license of patents, trademarks, registrations therefor and other similar intellectual property.

 

Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.  As used in the preceding sentence, the “net rental payments” under any lease for any such period shall mean the sum of rental and other payments required to be paid with respect to such period by the lessee thereunder, excluding any amounts required to be paid by such lessee on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges.  In the case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon payment of penalty, such net rental payment shall also include the amount of such penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated.

 

Available Cash” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement, as in effect on the date of the indenture.

 

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, as may be amended from time to time, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular

 

3



 

“person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition.  The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have correlative meanings.

 

Board of Directors” means:

 

(1)           with respect to Finance Corp., the board of directors of Finance Corp.;

 

(2)           with respect to the Company, the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any authorized committee thereof; and

 

(3)           with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or another place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)           in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)           in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)           in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)           any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)           United States or Canadian dollars or, in an amount up to the amount necessary or appropriate to fund local operating expenses, other currencies;

 

4



 

(2)           securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States of America or any other country whose sovereign debt has a rating of at least A3 from Moody’s and at least A- from S&P or any agency or instrumentality of any such government (provided that the full faith and credit of such government is pledged in support thereof), in each case having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition;

 

(3)           certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year demand and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to a Credit Facility or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

 

(4)           repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

(5)           commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and

 

(6)           money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)           the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets (including Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), which occurrence is followed by a Rating Decline within 90 days of the consummation of such transaction;

 

(2)           the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the removal of the General Partner by the limited partners of the Company;

 

(3)           the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Qualifying Owners identified in clause (1) of the definition of Qualifying Owners, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the General Partner, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, which occurrence is followed by a Rating Decline within 90 days thereof; or

 

5



 

(4)           the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the General Partner are not Continuing Directors, which occurrence is followed by a Rating Decline within 90 days thereof.

 

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Commission” or “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:

 

(1)           an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale or any other asset disposition, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(2)           any non-recurring charges relating to any premium or penalty paid, write-off of deferred financing costs or other financial recapitalization charges in connection with redeeming or retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(3)           provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(4)           consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(5)           depreciation and amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), impairment and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation and amortization, impairment and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

6



 

(6)           unrealized non-cash losses resulting from foreign currency balance sheet adjustments required by GAAP to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(7)           all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of gain or loss, or revenue or expense; minus

 

(8)           non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business,

 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

 

(1)           the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included, but only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

 

(2)           the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, partners or members;

 

(3)           the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and

 

(4)           unrealized losses and gains under derivative instruments included in the determination of Consolidated Net Income, including, without limitation those resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 will be excluded and non-cash losses resulting from application of Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 142, 143 and 144.

 

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of total assets included in such Person’s most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP less applicable reserves reflected in such balance sheet, after deducting the following amounts:  (a) all current liabilities reflected in such balance sheet, and (b) all goodwill, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discounts and expenses and other like intangibles reflected in such balance sheet.

 

Consolidated Net Worth” means the total of the amounts shown on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, determined in accordance with GAAP, as of the end of the

 

7



 

Company’s most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to the taking of any action for the purpose of which the determination is being made, as the sum of:

 

(1)           the par or stated value of all our outstanding Capital Stock, plus

 

(2)           paid-in capital or capital surplus relating to such Capital Stock, plus

 

(3)           any retained earnings or earned surplus less (A) any accumulated deficit, and (B) any amounts attributable to Disqualified Stock.

 

Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the General Partner who:

 

(1)           was a member of such Board of Directors on the close of business on the date of this Indenture; or

 

(2)           was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

 

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means the principal office of the Trustee in the City of Los Angeles at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 707 Wilshire Blvd., 17th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017, Attention:  Corporate Trust Department or such other address in the City of Los Angeles as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers, or the principal corporate trust office in the City of Los Angeles of any successor Trustee (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers).

 

Credit Agreement” means (i) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2002, among the Company, the Operating Company, as Borrower, the banks parties thereto and Fleet National Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, (ii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2004, among Rangeland Pipeline Company (as successor to RPC Acquisition Company), as borrower, Royal Bank of Canada, as agent, and others as lenders and (iii) the New Credit Facility and the 364-Day Facility, and in each case including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.

 

Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities, secured capital markets financings or Debt Issuances, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or institutional investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit, secured capital markets financings or Debt Issuances, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including refinancing with Debt Issuances), in whole or in part from time to time.

 

8



 

Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

De Minimis Guaranteed Amount means a principal amount of Indebtedness that does not exceed $15.0 million.

 

Debt Issuances’’ means, with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, one or more issuances after the Issue Date of Indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar securities or instruments.

 

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Depository” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07.

 

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) made for cash on a primary basis by the Company after the date of this Indenture.

 

Exchange Notes” means the notes issued in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. or any successor securities clearing agency.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Notes” has the meaning specified in the Appendix.

 

9



 

Fitch” means Fitch, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any four-quarter reference period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital or revolving credit borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the applicable four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of such period.

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

 

(1)           acquisitions of Person or assets that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing transactions, subsequent to the commencement of the applicable four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of such period, including any Consolidated Cash Flow and any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur, in the reasonable judgment of the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company (regardless of whether those cost savings or operating improvements could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the Commission related thereto);

 

(2)           the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

 

(3)           the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; and

 

(4)           interest income reasonably anticipated by such Person to be received during the applicable four-quarter period from cash or Cash Equivalents held by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, which cash or Cash Equivalents exist on the Calculation Date or will exist as a result of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio may be added on a pro forma basis to Net Income for such period.

 

10



 

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, (A) the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)           the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest-rate Hedging Obligations; plus

 

(2)           the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

 

(3)           any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

 

(4)           all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Disqualified Stock or preferred securities, other than distributions on any outstanding General Partner Interest and Limited Partner Interest as defined in the Partnership Agreement, of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; less

 

(B) to the extent included in (A) above, write-off of any non-recurring charges relating to any premium or penalty paid, deferred financing costs or other financial recapitalization charges in connection with, redeeming or retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income,

 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

 

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was not formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and that conducts substantially all of its operations outside the United States.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

11



 

General Partner” means Pacific Energy Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its successor by conversion and its successors and permitted assigns as general partner of Pacific Energy GP, LP, the general partner of the Company or as the business entity with the ultimate authority to manage the business and operations of the Company.

 

Global Note” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.

 

The term “guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness.  When used as a verb, “guarantee” has a correlative meaning.

 

Guarantors” means each of:

 

(1)           the Operating Company and the other Persons executing the Indenture as initial Guarantors; and

 

(2)           any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that becomes a Guarantor in accordance with Section 4.13 or 10.02 hereof and their respective successors and assigns of such Restricted Subsidiaries, as required under Article 10 hereof, in each case until such time as any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its obligations pursuant to Section 8.02, 8.03 or 10.03 hereof.

 

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person incurred in the normal course of business and consistent with past practices and not for speculative purposes under:

 

(1)           interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements entered into with one of more financial institutions and designed to reduce costs of borrowing or to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred;

 

(2)           foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements entered into with one of more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchanges rates;

 

(3)           any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in prices; and

 

12



 

(4)           other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates.

 

Holder” or “Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(1)           in respect of borrowed money;

 

(2)           evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), other than letters of credit issued by such Person in the ordinary course of business, to the extent not drawn;

 

(3)           in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

 

(4)           representing Capital Lease Obligations;

 

(5)           representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or

 

(6)           representing any Hedging Obligations,

 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP but excluding amounts recorded in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133.  In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 

(1)           the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

(2)           in the case of any Hedging Obligation, the termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such date; and

 

(3)           the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

 

Indenture means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Initial Issuance Date” means September 23, 2005.

 

Initial Notes” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

13



 

Initial Purchasers” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s, BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch.

 

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness), advances or capital contributions (excluding (1) commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business and (2) advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.  If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07.  The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment made by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person on the date of any such acquisition in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07.

 

Joint Venture” means any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes any Investment.

 

Legal Holiday” means any calendar day other than a Business Day.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

Lehman” means Lehman Brothers Inc., a Delaware corporation, its affiliates and related funds.

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under Applicable Law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction other than a precautionary financing statement respecting a lease not intended as a security agreement.

 

Make-Whole Amount with respect to a Note means an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the present value of the remaining interest, premium and principal payments due on such Note (excluding any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date)

 

14



 

as if such Note were redeemed on September 15, 2010, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (b) the outstanding principal amount of such Note. “Treasury Rate” with respect to a Note means the yield to maturity (calculated on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis) at the time of the computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled by and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519), which has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the date of the redemption notice or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data) most nearly equal to the then remaining maturity of such Note assuming that such Note will be redeemed on September 15, 2010; provided, however, that if the Make-Whole Average Life of a Note is not equal to the constant maturity of the United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the Make-Whole Average Life of such Note is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

“Make-Whole Average Life” means, with respect to a Note, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) between the date of redemption of such Note and September 15, 2010.

 

Make-Whole Price means the greater of (a) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus the Make-Whole Amount of such Notes and (b) the redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) of such Notes on September 15, 2010.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

 

(1)           any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(2)           any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).

 

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of:

 

(1)           the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and direct costs associated with the sale or disposition of any such non-cash consideration, including, without limitation,

 

15



 

legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale,

 

(2)           taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements,

 

(3)           amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the properties or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and all distributions and payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale, and

 

(4)           any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets or for liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries until such time as such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be.

 

‘‘New Credit Facility’’ means the five-year, $400 million senior secured revolving credit facility to be entered into with Bank of America, N.A. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.

 

Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

 

(1)           as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) is the lender;

 

(2)           no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

 

(3)           as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except as contemplated by clause (9) of the definition of Permitted Liens.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09, in the event that any Non-Recourse Debt of any of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event will be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

 

16



 

Notes” means the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Additional Notes, treated as a single class.

 

Notes Custodian” has the meaning specified in the Appendix.

 

Obligations” means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees, and other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereto.

 

Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the Issuers dated September 15, 2005 relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

 

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President of such Person or, in the case of the Company, the General Partner.

 

Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of each of the Company and Finance Corp. by two of its Officers, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the General Partner or Finance Corp., as the case may be, that meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof.

 

Operating Company” means Pacific Energy Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors.

 

Operating Surplus” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

 

Pari Passu Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales, Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be, and the terms of which require the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to apply such Excess Proceeds to offer to repurchase such Indebtedness.

 

Partnership Agreement” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of August 1, 2003, as amended by Amendment No. 2 dated as of January 27, 2004, as amended by Amendment No. 3 dated as of March 26, 2004, as the same may be amended or restated at or prior to the Closing Date, as such may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Permitted Business” means either (1) marketing, gathering, transporting (by barge, pipeline, ship, truck or other modes of hydrocarbon transportation), terminalling, storing,

 

17



 

producing, acquiring, developing, exploring for, exploiting, producing, processing, dehydrating and otherwise handling crude oil, gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensates, distillates, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all other constituents, elements, compounds or products refined or processed from any of the foregoing, which activities shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, constructing pipeline, platform, dehydration, processing and other energy-related facilities, and activities or services reasonably related or ancillary thereto including entering into purchase and sale agreements, supply agreements and Hedging Obligations related to these businesses, or (2) any other business that generates gross income at least 90% of which constitutes “qualifying income” under Section 7704(d) of the Code.

 

Permitted Business Investments” means Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company or in any Joint Venture, provided that:

 

(1)           either (a) at the time of such Investment and immediately thereafter, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 or (b) such Investment does not exceed the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds (as defined in Section 4.07) not previously expended at the time of making such Investment;

 

(2)           if such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture has outstanding Indebtedness at the time of such Investment, either (a) all such Indebtedness is Non-Recourse Debt or (b) any such Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Joint Venture that is recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture for which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may be directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, obligated to pay, whether pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness, by law or pursuant to any guarantee, including, without limitation, any “claw-back,” “make-well” or “keep-well” arrangement) could, at the time such Investment is made, be incurred at that time by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09; and

 

(3)           such Unrestricted Subsidiary’s or Joint Venture’s activities are not outside the scope of the Permitted Business.

 

Permitted Investments” means:

 

(1)           any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(2)           any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

 

(3)           any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)           such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

18



 

(b)           such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(4)           any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from:

 

(a)           an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10; or

 

(b)           pursuant to clause (7) of the items deemed not to be Asset Sales under the definition of “Asset Sale;”

 

(5)           any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

 

(6)           any Investments received in compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer, or as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(7)           Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09;

 

(8)           loans to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 million at anyone time outstanding;

 

(9)           any Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility, workers’ compensation and performance and other similar deposits and prepaid expenses made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)         Permitted Business Investments;

 

(11)         the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interest of the Company to satisfy awards under the General Partner’s Amended and Restated Long Term Incentive Plan, dated July 26, 2005, provided such repurchases do not exceed an aggregate of $3.0 million during any calendar year; and

 

(12)         other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of  $40.0 million and 3.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

 

Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1)           Liens securing any Indebtedness under any of the Credit Facilities and all Obligations and Hedging Obligations relating to such Indebtedness;

 

19



 

(2)           Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

 

(3)           Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)           Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition;

 

(5)           any interest or title of a lessor to the property subject to a Capital Lease Obligation or an operating lease;

 

(6)           Liens on any property or asset acquired, constructed or improved by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries  (a “Purchase Money Lien”), which (a) are in favor of the seller of such property or assets, in favor of the Person developing, constructing, repairing or improving such asset or property, or in favor of the Person that provided the funding for the acquisition, development, construction, repair or improvement cost, as the case may be, of such asset or property, (b) are created within 360 days after the acquisition, development, construction, repair or improvement, (c) secure the purchase price or development, construction, repair or improvement cost, as the case may be, of such asset or property in an amount up to 100% of the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the General Partner) of such acquisition, construction or improvement of such asset or property, and (d) are limited to the asset or property so acquired, constructed or improved (including the proceeds thereof, accessions thereto and upgrades thereof);

 

(7)           Liens existing on June 16, 2004 other than Liens securing the Credit Facilities;

 

(8)           Liens to secure the performance of tenders, bids, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, government contracts, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9)           Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture otherwise permitted by the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09;

 

(10)         Liens upon specific items of inventory, receivables or other goods or proceeds of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or receivables securitizations issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory, receivables or other goods and permitted by Section 4.09;

 

20



 

(11)         Liens securing Obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be;

 

(12)         Liens securing any Indebtedness equally and ratably with all Obligations due under the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a contractual covenant that limits Liens in a manner substantially similar to Section 4.12;

 

(13)         Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on deposit with or in possession of such bank;

 

(14)         Liens to secure performance of Hedging Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(15)         Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding; and

 

(16)         any Lien renewing, extending, refinancing or refunding a Lien permitted by clauses (1) through (15) above; provided that (a) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to the renewal, extension, refinance or refund of such Lien, plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness secured thereby and the amount of all fees, expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith, and (b) no assets encumbered by any such Lien other than the assets permitted to be encumbered immediately prior to such renewal, extension, refinance or refund are encumbered thereby.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 

(1)           the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith);

 

(2)           such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

 

(3)           if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as

 

21



 

those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

 

(4)           such Indebtedness is not incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if the Company is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, any Indebtedness incurred under Credit Facilities pursuant to Section 4.09 shall be subject only to the refinancing provision in the definition of Credit Facilities and not pursuant to the requirements set forth in the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

“Private Exchange” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

Private Exchange Notes” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

Purchase Agreement” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Qualifying Owners” means (1) the significant owners of the ultimate parent company of the General Partner on the date of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Lehman and its affiliates (together with any Affiliate transferees thereof); and (2) any transferee of any of the foregoing to the extent such transferee is approved by a majority of the ownership interests of the then-existing Qualifying Owners (other than the transferor) or any Affiliate of the foregoing.

 

Rating Categories” means:

 

(1)           with respect to S&P, any of the following categories:  AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and

 

(2)           with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories).

 

Rating Decline” means a decrease in the rating of the Notes by either Moody’s or S&P by one or more gradations (including gradations within Rating Categories as well as between Rating Categories).  In determining whether the rating of the Notes has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within Rating Categories, namely + or – for S&P, and 1, 2, and 3 for Moody’s, will be taken into account; for example, in the case of S&P, a rating decline either from BB+ to BB or BB- to B+ will constitute a decrease of one gradation.

 

Registered Exchange Offer” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

22



 

Registration Rights Agreement” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

Regulation S” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Restricted Global Note” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Finance Corp. and the Operating Company shall be Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

Rule 144A” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

S&P” refers to Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on the Initial Issuance Date or thereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

 

SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Senior Debt” means

 

(1)           all Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding under Credit Facilities and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto;

 

(2)           any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; and

 

(3)           all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include:

 

(a)           any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or

 

23



 

(b)           any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, “Senior Debt” will not include any trade payables or taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)           any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

(2)           any partnership (whether general or limited) or limited liability company (a) the sole general partner or managing member of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or (b) if there are more than a single general partner or member, either (x) the only general partners or managing members of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof) or (y) such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding general partner interests, member interests or other Voting Stock of such partnership or limited liability company, respectively.

 

Subsidiary Guarantee” means any guarantee by a Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under the indenture and on the Notes.

 

TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) and the rules and regulations thereunder, as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA (except as provided in Section 9.01(i) and 9.03 hereof).

 

Transfer Restricted Securities” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 

Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

24



 

Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than Finance Corp. or the Operating Company) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the General Partner as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

 

(1)           has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(2)           except as permitted in (4) and (5) of Section 4.11, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

 

(3)           is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

(4)           has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

All Subsidiaries of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be also Unrestricted Subsidiaries.  Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07.  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Company will be in default of such covenant.

 

Valero Assets” means the assets to be purchased from three subsidiaries of Valero L.P., Support Terminals Operating Partnership, L.P., Kaneb Pipe Line Operating Partnership, L.P., and Shore Terminals LLC, pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 2005.  The Valero Assets are comprised of the following three asset packages:

 

(1)           West Coast terminals in the San Francisco, California area, specifically, the Martinez terminal and the Richmond terminal;

 

(2)           East Coast terminals in the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania area, specifically, the North Philadelphia terminal, the South Philadelphia terminal and the Paulsboro, New Jersey terminal; and

 

25



 

(3)           West pipeline system in the U.S. Rocky Mountain region, which consists of 550 miles of refined products pipeline extending from Casper, Wyoming east to Rapid City, South Dakota and south to Colorado Springs, Colorado.

 

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

(1)           the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

(2)           the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

Section 1.02.          Other Definitions.

 

Term

 

Defined in Section

 

 

 

 

 

“Affiliate Transaction”

 

4.11

 

“Appendix”

 

2.01

 

“Asset Sale Offer”

 

3.10

 

“Change of Control Offer”

 

4.15

 

“Change of Control Payment”

 

4.15

 

“Change of Control Purchase Date”

 

4.15

 

“Covenant Defeasance”

 

8.03

 

“Deadline”

 

3.08

 

“Discharge”

 

8.08

 

“Event of Default”

 

6.01

 

“Excess Proceeds”

 

4.10

 

“Incremental Funds”

 

4.07

 

“incur”

 

4.09

 

“Legal Defeasance”

 

8.02

 

“Offer Amount”

 

3.10

 

“Offer Period”

 

3.10

 

“Paying Agent”

 

2.03

 

“Payment Default”

 

6.01

 

“Permitted Debt”

 

4.09

 

“Registrar”

 

2.03

 

“Restricted Payments”

 

4.07

 

“Settlement Date”

 

3.10

 

“Successor”

 

3.08

 

“Special Mandatory Redemption Date”

 

3.08

 

 

26



 

Term

 

Defined in Section

 

 

 

 

 

“Termination Date”

 

3.10

 

 

Section 1.03.          Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  Any terms incorporated in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04.          Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)           a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2)           an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)           “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4)           words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(5)           provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(6)           references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and

 

(7)           “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole (as amended or supplemented from time to time) and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision

 

ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01.          Form and Dating.

 

Provisions relating to the Initial Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix attached hereto (the “Appendix”), which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication therefor shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture.  The Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication therefor shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture.  The Notes may have notations,

 

27



 

legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which an Issuer is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company).  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The terms of the Notes set forth in the Appendix are part of the terms of this Indenture.

 

Section 2.02.          Execution and Authentication.

 

An Officer shall sign the Notes on behalf of each Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

On the Initial Issuance Date, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver $175 million principal amount of 6 ¼% Senior Notes due 2015 and, at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in such order, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers.  Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in the case of an issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.13 after the Initial Issuance Date, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.09.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes.  Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

 

Section 2.03.          Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”).  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.

 

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA.  The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent.  The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent.  If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07.  The Company or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

28



 

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes.

 

Section 2.04.          Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on each due date of the principal and interest on any Note, an Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due.  The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment.  If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund.  The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent.  Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

 

Section 2.05.          Noteholder Lists.

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders.  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five (5) Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders.

 

Section 2.06.          Transfer and Exchange.

 

The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer.  When a Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met.  When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met.  The Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 or 9.05).

 

Section 2.07.          Replacement Notes.

 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee.  If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Issuers and the Trustee to protect the Issuers, the Subsidiary

 

29



 

Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Issuers and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers.

 

Section 2.08.          Outstanding Notes.

 

Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding.  Except as otherwise provided in TIA §316(a), a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, by 11:00 a.m. New York time, on a redemption date or other maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on them cease to accrue.

 

Section 2.09.          Temporary Notes.

 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes and deliver them in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Section 2.10.          Cancellation.

 

An Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation.  Upon written request, the Trustee will deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Issuers unless the Issuers direct the Trustee to deliver canceled Notes to the Issuers instead.  The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.11.          Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner.  The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent

 

30



 

special record date.  The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

 

Section 2.12.          CUSIP Numbers.

 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

Section 2.13.          Issuance of Additional Notes.

 

The Issuers shall be entitled, subject to their compliance with Section 4.09 (if applicable), to issue an unlimited amount of Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price.  The Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers shall set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

 

(1)           the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(2)           the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP number and any corresponding ISIN of such Additional Notes; and

 

(3)           whether such Additional Notes shall be Transfer Restricted Securities and issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit 1 to the Appendix to this Indenture or shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit A to the Appendix.

 

ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01.          Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) before the date of giving notice of the redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of Section 3.07 pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the

 

31



 

principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price, and (v) whether it requests the Trustee to give notice of such redemption.  Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to the mailing of notice of such redemption to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

 

Section 3.02.          Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes as follows: (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or (2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis.  In the event of partial redemption other than on a pro rata basis, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, not less than five (5) Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) prior to the giving of notice of the redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed.  Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

The provisions of the two preceding paragraphs of this Section 3.02 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a Global Note, whether such Global Note is to be redeemed in whole or in part.  In case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Global Note shall be in an authorized denomination.

 

Section 3.03.          Notice of Redemption.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.10 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)           the redemption date;

 

(b)           the redemption price;

 

(c)           if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such

 

32



 

Note, a new Note or Notes in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(d)           the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e)           that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(f)            that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the redemption date and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

 

(g)           the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(h)           that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

If any of the Notes to be redeemed is in the form of a Global Note, then the Issuers shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depository applicable to redemption.

 

At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ names and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, as provided in Section 3.01, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the second preceding paragraph.

 

Section 3.04.          Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.  A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

 

Section 3.05.          Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York time on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary thereof is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04 hereof) money sufficient in same day funds to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.  The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Paying Agent by an Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed.

 

33



 

If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption whether or not such Notes are presented for payment, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes shall be to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of an Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful, on any interest and Additional Interest, if any, not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06.          Notes Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue in the name of the Holder and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

 

Section 3.07.          Optional Redemption.

 

(a)           Except as set forth in clause (b) or clause (c) of this Section 3.07, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to September 15, 2010.  On or after September 15, 2010, the Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 15 of the years indicated below:

 

YEAR

 

PERCENTAGE

 

2010

 

103.125

%

2011

 

102.083

%

2012

 

101.042

%

2013 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07, at any time prior to September 15, 2008, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 106.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, provided that:

 

(1)           at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

 

34



 

(2)           each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

(c)           At any time prior to September 15, 2010, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem all or any portion of the Notes at the Make-Whole Price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

 

(d)           Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 3.08.          Special Mandatory Redemption

 

If the Issuers have not consummated the acquisition of at least two of the three asset packages that comprise the Valero Assets on or before the day that is 120 days after the Issue Date, then the Issuers will, on a day not more than 30 business days after such date (the “Deadline”), or such earlier date determined by the Issuers and permitted by applicable law (such date, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”), redeem all of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 99.545% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.  Notice of a special mandatory redemption prior to the Deadline will be mailed promptly to each Holder of Notes at its registered address, and the Trustee.  On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Company shall pay to a paying agent for payment to each Holder of Notes the redemption price for such Holder’s Notes.

 

Section 3.09.          Mandatory Redemption.

 

Except as set forth under Sections 3.08, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, neither of the Issuers shall be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders.

 

Section 3.10.          Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by Applicable Law (the “Offer Period”).  No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Settlement Date”), the Company shall purchase and pay for the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the manner prescribed in the Notes.

 

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.  The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset

 

35



 

Sale Offer.  The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders.  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

 

(a)           that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.10 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open, including the time and date the Asset Sale Offer will terminate (the “Termination Date”);

 

(b)           the Offer Amount and the purchase price;

 

(c)           that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any;

 

(d)           that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any, after the Settlement Date;

 

(e)           that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased;

 

(f)            that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Company or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice, before the Termination Date;

 

(g)           that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, prior to the Termination Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(h)           that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders, and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount the Company is required to repurchase, the Trustee shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and

 

(i)            that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

 

If any of the Notes subject to an Asset Sale Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depository applicable to repurchases.

 

36



 

Promptly after the Termination Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer in the aggregate principal amount required by Section 4.10 hereof, and prior to the Settlement Date it shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.10 and Section 4.10.  On the Settlement Date, the Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall issue a new Note, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.  The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or before the Settlement Date.

 

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01           Payment of Notes.

 

The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m.  New York time on the due date money deposited by an Issuer or a Guarantor in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due.

 

The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; and they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Section 4.02           Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from

 

37



 

time to time rescind such designations.  Further, if at any time there shall be no such office or agency in the City of New York where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, the Issuers shall forthwith designate and maintain such an office or agency in the City of New York, in order that the Notes shall at all times be payable in the City of New York.  The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Section 4.03           Reports.

 

(a)           Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and, within five (5) Business Days of filing, or attempting to file, the same with the SEC, furnish to the Trustee and, upon its prior request, to any of the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes:

 

(1)           all quarterly and annual financial and other information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and

 

(2)           all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

 

The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a).

 

(b)           The Company and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders and Beneficial Owners of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors in the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(c)           If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and if the aggregate cash flow of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries constitute more that 10% of the cash flow of the Company on a consolidated basis, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries, separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

38



 

Section 4.04           Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)           The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments of interest on the Notes are prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(b)           The Issuers shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any of their respective Officers becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05           Taxes.

 

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.06           Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

Each of the Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07           Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(1)           declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their

 

39



 

capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

 

(2)           purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

 

(3)           make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantors, except a payment of interest or principal within one month of the Stated Maturity thereof; or

 

(4)           make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

 

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment and either:

 

(1)           if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment is not less than 1.75 to 1.0, such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4) and (5) of the next succeeding paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment is made, is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(a)           Available Cash from Operating Surplus with respect to the Company’s preceding fiscal quarter, plus

 

(b)           100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company (including the fair market value of any Permitted Business or long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business to the extent acquired in consideration of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)) since June 16, 2004 as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), plus

 

(c)           to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after June 16, 2004 is sold for cash or Cash Equivalent or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash or Cash Equivalent, the lesser of (i) the return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment, plus

 

40



 

(d)           the net reduction in Restricted Investments resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets in each case to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any Person (including, without limitation, Unrestricted Subsidiaries) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such amounts have not been included in Available Cash from Operating Surplus for any period commencing on or after June 16, 2004 (items (b), (c) and (d) being referred to as “Incremental Funds”), minus

 

(e)           the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds previously expended pursuant to this clause (1) and clause (2) below; or

 

(2)           if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment is less than 1.75 to 1.00, such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4) and (5) of the next succeeding paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment is made (such Restricted Payments for purposes of this clause (2) meaning only distributions on limited partnership interests of the Company, plus the related distribution on the general partner interest), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(a)           $100 million less the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (2)(a) during the period ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment and beginning on June 16, 2004, plus

 

(b)           Incremental Funds to the extent not previously expended pursuant to this clause (2) or clause (1) above.

 

So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby (except (i) with respect to clause (1) below under which the payment of a distribution or dividend is permitted, and (ii) a dividend or distribution by a non-Guarantor Subsidiary under clause (4)), the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

 

(1)           the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of its declaration, if at the date of declaration the payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(2)           the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent (a) contribution (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to the equity capital of the Company or (b) sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), with a sale being deemed substantially concurrent if such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or acquisition occurs not more than 120 days after such sale; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition will be

 

41



 

excluded or deducted from the calculation of Available Cash from Operating Surplus and Incremental Funds;

 

(3)           the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

(4)           the payment of any dividend or distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; or

 

(5)           the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former director or employee of the General Partner, the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any director or employee equity subscription agreement or plan, stock or unit option agreement or similar agreement or plan; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $3.0 million in any twelve-month period.

 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.  The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined, in the case of amounts under $15.0 million, by an officer of the General Partner and, in the case of amounts over $15.0 million, by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution.  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in the preceding clauses (1) – (5), the Company will be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07.

 

Section 4.08           Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)           pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)           make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(3)           transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

42



 

However, the preceding restrictions of this Section 4.08 will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)           agreements as in effect since June 16, 2004, including the Credit Agreement, and the indenture governing the Issuers’ $250 million 7 1/8 % senior notes due 2014, any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or the Indebtedness to which they relate, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend, distribution and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture;

 

(2)           this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

(3)           Applicable Law;

 

(4)           any instrument governing Indebtedness or Equity Interest of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person or its Subsidiaries, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person its Subsidiaries, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

 

(5)           customary non-assignment provisions in transportation agreements or purchase and sale or exchange agreements or similar operational agreements or in licenses or leases, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)           Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

 

(7)           any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

(8)           Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(9)           Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

43



 

(10)         provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)         any agreement or instrument relating to any property or assets acquired after the date of this Indenture, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates only to the property or assets so acquired and is not and was not created in anticipation of such acquisitions;

 

(12)         restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(13)         any agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, provided that the terms and conditions of any such restrictions and encumbrances, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive than those contained in this Indenture, taken as a whole; and

 

(14)         provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements, including clawback, “make-well” or “keep-well” agreements, to maintain financial performance or results of operations of a joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

Section 4.09           Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock, the Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Disqualified Stock and the Company will not permit any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any preferred securities; provided, however, that the Issuers and any Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 

The first paragraph of this Section 4.09 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

(1)           the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness (including letters of credit) under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the greater of $325.0 million and 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

 

44



 

(2)           the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued and sold on the Initial Issuance Date and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the date of this Indenture and the Exchange Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees issued pursuant to any Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(3)           the existing aggregate principal amount $250.0 million 71/8 % senior notes due 2014 issued by the Issuers and any associated guarantees;

 

(4)           the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $30.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

(5)           the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (2) or (3) of this Section 4.09 or this clause (5);

 

(6)           the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

 

(a)           if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Guarantor is not the obligee, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, or if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and neither the Company nor another Guarantor is the obligee, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor; and

 

(b)           (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company, nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, nor a creditor to secure Indebtedness incurred either pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or to secure Permitted Debt, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6).

 

(7)           the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations;

 

45



 

(8)           the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Acquired Debt in connection with a merger or consolidation meeting any one of the financial tests set forth in clause (3) of Section 5.01;

 

(9)           the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

 

(10)         the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance, surety and similar bonds issued for the account of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees and obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting such obligations (in each case other than an obligation for money borrowed); and

 

(11)         the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $45.0 million and 3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, (a) in the event that an item of Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (11) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, the Company will be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09; and (b) Indebtedness outstanding in currencies other than US dollars shall be converted on the date of incurrence.

 

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.

 

Section 4.10.          Limitation on Asset Sales.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(1)           the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

 

(2)           the fair market value is determined by (a) an executive officer of the General Partner if the value is less than $20.0 million and evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, or (b) the Board of Directors if the value is $20.0 million or more and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and

 

46



 

(3)           at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.  For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

(a)           any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to an agreement that releases the Company or such Subsidiary from further liability; and

 

(b)           any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are, within 365 days after the Asset Sale, converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion.

 

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary may apply (or enter into a definitive agreement for such application within such 365-day period, provided that such Net Proceeds are in fact applied within 45 days after the end of such 365-day period) those Net Proceeds at its option to any combination of the following:

 

(I)            to repay Senior Debt;

 

(II)           to acquire all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business;

 

(III)         to acquire a majority of the Voting Stock of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business;

 

(IV)         to make capital expenditures; or

 

(V)           to acquire other assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business or make any Permitted Business Investment to the extent permitted by Section 4.07.

 

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.  Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

 

On the 366th day after the Asset Sale (or, at the Company’s option, any earlier date), if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $30.0 million, the Company will make an offer to all Holders, and all holders of other Indebtedness that is Pari Passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds.

 

47



 

The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Settlement Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Settlement Date, and will be payable in cash.  If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, including, without limitation, the repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or, in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantee, the guarantee of such Guarantor.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis.  Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions by virtue of such conflict.

 

Section 4.11           Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

 

(1)           the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person or, if there is no such comparable transaction, on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(2)           the Company delivers to the Trustee:

 

(a)           with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and

 

(b)           with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, a written opinion as to the fairness to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial

 

48



 

point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

 

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph of this Section 4.11:

 

(1)           any employment, equity award, equity option or equity appreciation agreement or plan entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the General Partner in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)           transactions between or among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(3)           transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person;

 

(4)           transactions effected in accordance with the terms of agreements disclosed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (including the exhibits thereto) that are also identified in Annex C to this Indenture, in each case as such agreements are in effect on the date of this Indenture, and any amendment or replacement of any of such agreements so long as such amendment or replacement agreement is no less advantageous to the Company in any material respect than the agreement so amended or replaced;

 

(5)           customary compensation, indemnification and other benefits made available to officers, directors or employees of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the General Partner, including reimbursement or advancement of out-of-pocket expenses and provisions of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance;

 

(6)           the provision by Persons who may be deemed Affiliates of holders of Equity Interests of the Company, of commercial banking, trust, lending or financing, investment, financial advisory or similar services, to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, on customary term;

 

(7)           sales of any securities to Affiliates of the Company provided that the syndicate involved in such sale of securities includes an unaffiliated investment bank of national standing;

 

(8)           in the case of gathering, transportation, marketing, hedging, production handling, operating, construction, storage, platform use, or other operational contracts, any such contracts are entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms substantially similar to those contained in similar contracts entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and third parties or, if neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a similar contract with a third party, that the terms are no less favorable than those available from third parties on an arm’s-length basis, as determined by the Board of Directors of the General Partner; and

 

(9)           Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07 hereof.

 

49



 

Section 4.12           Limitation on Liens.

 

The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness or Attributable Debt upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, is secured on an equal and ratable basis (or on a senior basis to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be) with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien (other than Permitted Liens).

 

Section 4.13           Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

 

If, after the date of this Indenture, any Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is not already a Guarantor (including, without limitation, any Domestic Subsidiary acquired or created after the date of the indenture) guarantees any other Indebtedness in excess of a De Minimis Guaranteed Amount of either of the Issuers or any Indebtedness of the Operating Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, or the Operating Company, if not then a Guarantor, guarantees any other Indebtedness of either of the Issuers or a Subsidiary Guarantor in excess of a De Minimis Guaranteed Amount or incurs any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility in excess of a De Minimis Guaranteed Amount, then in either case that Subsidiary will become a Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Annex A hereto and delivering it to the Trustee within 180 days of the date on which it guaranteed or incurred such Indebtedness in excess of a De Minimis Guaranteed Amount, as the case may be, together with any Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.06; provided, however, that the preceding shall not apply to Subsidiaries of the Company that have properly been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Indenture for so long as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding the preceding, any guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary that was incurred pursuant to this Section 4.13 as a result of a guarantee of any other Indebtedness in excess of a De Minimis Guaranteed Amount shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released upon the release or discharge of the guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee, except a discharge or release by, or as a result of payment under, such guarantee.

 

Section 4.14           Corporate Existence.

 

Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms hereof (including consolidation and merger permitted by Section 5.01), the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its partnership existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve the existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except Finance Corp.) if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

50



 

Section 4.15           Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

 

(1)           Within 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date.  Within 30 days following a Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice of the Change of Control Offer to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and stating:

 

i.              that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment;

 

ii.             the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days but no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”);

 

iii.            that the Change of Control Offer will expire as of the time specified in such notice on the Change of Control Purchase Date and that the Company shall pay the Change of Control Purchase Price for all Notes purchased as of the Change of Control Purchase Date promptly thereafter on the Change of Control Purchase Date;

 

iv.            that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any;

 

v.             that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any, after the Change of Control Purchase Date;

 

vi.            that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, properly endorsed for transfer, together with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed and such customary documents as the Company may reasonably request, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the termination of the Change of Control Offer on the Change of Control Purchase Date;

 

vii.           that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, prior to the termination of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the

 

51



 

Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have the Notes purchased; and

 

viii.          that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof.

 

If any of the Notes subject to a Change of Control Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depository applicable to repurchases.  Further, the Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions by virtue of such conflict.

 

(2)           On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.  Promptly thereafter on the Change of Control Purchase Date the Company shall:

 

(a)           deposit with the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

 

(b)           deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

 

On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Paying Agent shall mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes (or, if all the Notes are then in global form, make such payment through the facilities of the Depository) and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.  The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Purchase Date.

 

(3)           The Change of Control provisions described above shall be applicable whether or nor any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

 

(4)           The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the

 

52



 

requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

 

Section 4.16.          Permitted Business Activities.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Finance Corp. may not incur Indebtedness unless (1) the Company is a co-obligor or guarantor of such Indebtedness or (2) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are loaned to the Company, used to acquire outstanding debt securities issued by the Company or used to repay Indebtedness of the Company as permitted under Section 4.09.  Finance Corp. may not engage in any business not related directly or indirectly to obtaining money or arranging financing for the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.17.          Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided that the Company or any Guarantor may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if:

 

(1)           the Company or that Guarantor, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12;

 

(2)           the gross cash proceeds of that Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of that Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and

 

(3)           the transfer of assets in that Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10.

 

Section 4.18.          Covenant Termination.

 

If at any time (a) the rating assigned to the Notes by at least two of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch is an Investment Grade Rating and (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.10, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.16, 4.17(1)(a), 4.17(2), 4.17(3), 4.19 and clause (3) of Section 5.01 of this Indenture.  However, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will remain subject to all of the other provisions of this Indenture.

 

53



 

Section 4.19.          Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default.  If a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.07 or represent Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company; provided that any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Subsidiary so designated otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Board of Directors may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

 

ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01           Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

 

Neither of the Issuers will consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, unless:

 

(1)           the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer), or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall be made (collectively, the “Successor”), is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or Canada or any province thereof, and the Successor assumes by supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee all of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and under the Notes; provided, that Finance Corp may not merge or consolidate with or into a Person other than a corporation satisfying such requirement so long as the Company is not a corporation;

 

(2)           immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(3)           either:

 

(A) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable

 

54



 

four quarter period, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately before such transaction;

 

(B) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company (or the Successor) would be able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.09; or

 

(C) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company (or the Successor) shall not be less than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph of this Section 5.01, the Issuers are permitted to reorganize as any other form of entity in accordance with the following procedures provided that:

 

(1)           the reorganization involves the conversion (by merger, sale, contribution or exchange of assets or otherwise) into a form of entity other than a limited partnership formed under Delaware law;

 

(2)           the entity so formed by or resulting from such reorganization is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

(3)           the entity so formed by or resulting from such reorganization assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(4)           immediately after such reorganization no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(5)           such reorganization is not materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes (for purposes of this clause (5) a reorganization will not be considered materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes solely because the successor or survivor of such reorganization (a) is subject to federal or state income taxation as an entity or (b) is considered to be an “includable corporation” of an affiliated group of corporations with the meaning of Section 1504(b)(i) of the Code or any similar state or local law).

 

Section 5.02           Successor Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of an Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor formed by such consolidation or into or with which such Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as such Issuer herein and shall be substituted for such Issuer (so that from and after the date of such

 

55



 

consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” or “Finance Corp.,” as the case may be, shall refer instead to the successor and not to the Company or Finance Corp., as the case may be); and thereafter, if an Issuer is dissolved following a transfer of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in accordance with this Indenture, it shall be discharged and released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.  The Trustee shall enter into a supplemental indenture to evidence the succession and substitution of such successor and such discharge and release of such Issuer.

 

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01           Events of Default.

 

An “Event of Default” occurs if one of the following shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be involuntary or be effected by operation of law):

 

(a)                                  default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;

 

(b)                                 default in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(c)                                  failure by the Company to comply with the provisions of Section 3.10, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 hereof; or

 

(d)                                 failure by the Company for 60 days after written notice to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture;

 

(e)                                  default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Initial Issuance Date, if such default:

 

(i)            is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

 

(ii)           results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity,

 

56



 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $30.0 million or more; provided that if any such default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 30 days from the continuation of such default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree;

 

(f)                                    failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

 

(g)                                 except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

 

(h)                                 the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i)            commences a voluntary case,

 

(ii)           consents in writing to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(iii)          consents in writing to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(iv)          makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(v)           admits in writing it generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

 

(i)                                     a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(i)            is for relief against the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary case;

 

(ii)           appoints a Custodian of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the

 

57



 

Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

(iii)          orders the liquidation of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company;

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

Section 6.02.          Acceleration.

 

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.  Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, thereon.  Notwithstanding the preceding, if an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, thereon.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Interest, if any, that have become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

Section 6.03.          Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

58



 

Section 6.04.          Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase).  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05.          Control by Majority.

 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.06.          Limitation on Suits.

 

A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

 

(a)           the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(b)           the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(c)           such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(d)           the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and

 

(e)           during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

 

59



 

Section 6.07.          Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08.          Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers and the Guarantors for the whole amount of principal of, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and Additional Interest, if any, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09.          Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10.          Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

60



 

First:  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Trustee’s costs and expenses of collection;
 
Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, respectively; and
 
Third:  to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11.          Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01.          Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)           If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

(b)           Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)            the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)           in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

61



 

(c)           The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)            this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

 

(ii)           the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(iii)          the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

(d)           Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

(e)           The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with an Issuer.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.02.          Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)           The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)           Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)           The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

 

(d)           The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e)           Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from an Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of such Issuer.

 

(f)            The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holder

 

62



 

shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)           The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants in Article 4 hereof.  In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (1) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) hereof; or (2) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification or obtained actual knowledge.

 

(h)           The permissive right of the Trustee to act hereunder shall not be construed as a duty.

 

Section 7.03.          Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the TIA) after a Default has occurred and is continuing, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04.          Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for either Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to an Issuer or upon either Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05.          Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 7.06.          Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

 

Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting

 

63



 

date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2) and § 313(b)(1).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d).  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

Section 7.07.          Compensation and Indemnity.

 

The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation as the Issuers and the Trustee may agree in writing for the Trustee’s acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Issuers and the Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee, jointly and severally, against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by an Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.  The Trustee shall notify the Issuers and the Guarantors promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Issuers or the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder.  The Issuers and the Guarantors shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuers and the Guarantors will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if they assume the Trustee’s defense with counsel acceptable to and approved by the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Trustee in connection with such defense.  The Issuers and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors need reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnity against any liability or loss of the Trustee to the extent such expense, liability or loss is attributable to the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Trustee.

 

The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.  Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

64



 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.08.          Replacement of Trustee.

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

 

The Trustee may resign in writing upon 30 days notice at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers.  The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing and may appoint a successor trustee with the consent of the Issuers.  The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

 

(a)           the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(b)           the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(c)           a receiver, Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d)           the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the

 

65



 

Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09.          Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.  As soon as practicable, the successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Issuers and the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 7.10.          Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

 

Section 7.11.          Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers.

 

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01.          Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuers may, at the option of their respective Boards of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, exercise their rights under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02.          Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have discharged their obligations with respect to the Notes and this Indenture, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have discharged its obligations with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee, on the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 below are satisfied

 

66



 

(hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged their Subsidiary Guarantee (which in each case shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below) and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes or Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.07, 2.09 and 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and (d) the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Article 8.  Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

If the Issuers exercise their Legal Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and any security for the Notes (other than the trust) will be released.

 

Section 8.03.          Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Article 4 (other than those in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.06 and 4.14) on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers and any Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(e) through 6.01(i) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

67



 

If the Issuers exercise their Covenant Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and any security for the Notes (other than the trust) will be released.

 

Section 8.04.          Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

 

(a)           the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes on the date of fixed maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to the date of fixed maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(b)           in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

 

(1)           the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

 

(2)           since the Initial Issuance Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(c)           in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(d)           no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default described in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.01 are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the day of deposit;

 

(e)           such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other

 

68



 

than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(f)            the Issuers must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which may be based on such solvency certificates or solvency opinions as counsel deems necessary or appropriate) to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law or any comparable provision of applicable law;

 

(g)           the Issuers must have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuers or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others; and

 

(h)           the Issuers must have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05.          Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the written request of the Issuers any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge, as the case may be.

 

69



 

Section 8.06.          Repayment to Issuers.

 

Subject to applicable escheat and abandoned property laws, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by an Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their written request or (if then held by an Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers.

 

Section 8.07.          Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.05 hereof, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.05 hereof; provided, however, that, if an Issuer makes any payment of principal of or premium, interest, Additional Interest, if any, on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, such Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

Section 8.08.          Discharge.

 

This Indenture shall be satisfied and discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder (except for (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in clause (b) of this Section 8.08, and as more fully set forth in such clause (b), payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.07, 2.09 and 4.02 hereof and (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith), when:

 

(1)           either:

 

(a)           all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuers, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

70



 

(b)           all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise, and the Issuers or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of fixed maturity or redemption;

 

(2)           no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(3)           the Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;

 

(4)           the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at fixed maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; and

 

(5)           the Issuers have delivered an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture (“Discharge”) have been satisfied.

 

ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01.          Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

 

(a)           to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

(b)           to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(c)           to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s or Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes pursuant to Article 5 hereof;

 

(d)           to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors by the Indenture that does not adversely affect the legal rights

 

71



 

hereunder of any Holder, provided that any change to conform this Indenture to the Offering Memorandum shall not be deemed to adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder;

 

(e)           to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to the requirements of Section 4.12 or otherwise;

 

(f)            to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture;

 

(g)           to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with Article 10 hereof;

 

(h)           to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 

(i)            to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee; or

 

(j)            provide for the issuance of exchange securities which shall have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Notes (except that transfer restrictions contained in the Notes shall be modified or eliminated as appropriate) and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding notes, as a single class of securities.

 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the General Partner authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.02.          With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Except as provided above in Section 9.01 and below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or documents delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).

 

72



 

Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by Board Resolutions authorizing their execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture, unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof and to the last paragraph of this Section 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuers with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes.  However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(a)           reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(b)           reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter any of the provisions with respect to the redemption or repurchase of the Notes (except as provided in Sections 3.10, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

 

(c)           reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(d)           waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(e)           make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(f)            make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except as permitted in clause (g) below);

 

(g)           waive a redemption or repurchase payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.10, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

 

73



 

(h)           release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

 

(i)            make any change in the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions.

 

Section 9.03.          Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 

A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a purchase, tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such purchase, tender or exchange.

 

Section 9.04.          Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver.  If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment or waiver or revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.  No consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date except to the extent that the requisite number of consents to the amendment, supplement or waiver have been obtained within such 90-day period or as set forth in the next paragraph of this Section 9.04.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (a) through (i) of Section 9.02, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same indebtedness as the consenting Holder’s Note.

 

Section 9.05.          Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuers, in exchange for all Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

74



 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.06.          Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEES OF NOTES

 

Section 10.01.        Subsidiary Guarantees.

 

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantee, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes held thereby and the Obligations of the Issuers hereunder and thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, upon repurchase or redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and premium, (to the extent permitted by law) interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, and all other payment Obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full and performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, upon repurchase or redemption or otherwise.  Failing payment when so due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Subsidiary Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the Obligations of the Issuers.

 

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against an Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.  Each Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of an Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against an Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever

 

75



 

and covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to an Issuer, the Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by an Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.  Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to, and hereby waives, any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby, and (b) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of its Subsidiary Guarantee.  The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees.

 

Section 10.02.        Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

 

(a)           No Guarantor shall sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person (other than the Company or another Guarantor), unless, (i) either (1) the Person acquiring the properties or assets in any such sale or other disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture, substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, under the Notes, this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee on terms set forth therein, or (2) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10, and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

(b)           In the case of any such consolidation or merger and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.

 

Section 10.03.        Releases of Subsidiary Guarantees.

 

The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released:  (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of such Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other

 

76



 

disposition complies with Section 4.10; (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10; (3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; (4) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance or Discharge in accordance with Article 8; (5) in the case of any Guarantor other than the Operating Company, at such time as such Guarantor ceases to be required to guarantee any other Indebtedness of either of the Issuers and any Indebtedness of the Operating Company; or (6) in the case of the Operating Company, at such time as the Operating Company ceases to guarantee any other Indebtedness of either of the Issuers, provided that it is then no longer an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility in excess of the De Minimis Guaranteed Amount.

 

Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that any of the conditions described in the foregoing clauses (1) – (6) has occurred, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.  Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

 

Section 10.04.        Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

 

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Section 10.05.        “Trustee” to Include Paying Agent.

 

In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed and be then acting hereunder, the term “Trustee” as used in this Article 10 shall in each case (unless the context shall otherwise require) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully and for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article 10 in place of the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.01.        Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), such TIA-imposed duties shall control.

 

77



 

Section 11.02.        Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by an Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing (in the English language) and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

If to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors:

 

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.

5900 Cherry Avenue

Long Beach, California 90805-4405

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Fax No.:  (562) 728-2823

 

with a copy to:

 

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue

26th Floor

New York, New York 10109

Attention:  Alan P. Baden

Fax No.: (212) 237-0100

 

If to the Trustee:

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

707 Wilshire Blvd.

17th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90017

Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

Fax No.:  (213) 614-3355

 

An Issuer, any of the Guarantors or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery in each case to the address shown above.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

78



 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If either of the Issuers mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 11.03.        Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

Section 11.04.        Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by an Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, such Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(a)           an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(b)           an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 11.05.        Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

 

(a)           a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b)           a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)           a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

(d)           a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

79



 

Section 11.06.        Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 11.07.        No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Unitholders.

 

No past, present or future director, officer, partner, member, employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Equity Interest of the Issuers, the General Partner, or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

 

Section 11.08.        Governing Law.

 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 11.09.        No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 11.10.        Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

Section 11.11.        Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 11.12.        Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

80



 

Section 11.13.        Counterparts.

 

This Indenture may be signed in counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

81



 

 

SIGNATURES

 

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC ATLANTIC TERMINALS LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Group LLC, its sole member

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., its sole member

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP, its general partner

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

Senior Vice President,

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

GUARANTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY GROUP LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.,

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

82



 

 

PEG CANADA GP LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.,

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

PEG CANADA, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

PEG Canada GP LLC,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

ROCKY MOUNTAIN PIPELINE SYSTEM LLC,

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Group LLC,

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.,

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice

 

 

 

 

President, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer

 

83



 

 

RANCH PIPELINE LLC,

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Group LLC,

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.,

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice

 

 

 

President, Chief Financial Officer and

 

 

 

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC MARKETING AND

 

TRANSPORTATION LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Group LLC,

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.,

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice

 

 

 

President, Chief Financial Officer and

 

 

 

Treasurer

 

84



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Maddy Hall

 

 

Name:

Maddy Hall

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

 

85



 

RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX

 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES,
PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTES
AND EXCHANGE NOTES

 

1.                                       Definitions

 

1.1                                 Definitions.

 

For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

 

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

 

“Exchange Notes” means (1) the 6 ¼% Senior Notes due 2015 issued pursuant to the Indenture in connection with a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Act.

 

“Initial Notes” means (1) $175 million aggregate principal amount of 6 ¼% Senior Notes due 2015 issued on the Initial Issuance Date and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, Lehman Brothers Inc., Banc of America Securities, L.L.C., Citigroup, BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement.

 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes, treated as a single class.

 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

 

“Private Exchange” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to the Initial Purchasers to issue and deliver to each Initial Purchaser, in exchange for the Initial Notes held by the Initial Purchaser as part of its initial distribution, a like aggregate principal amount of Private Exchange Notes.

 

“Private Exchange Notes” means any 6 ¼% Senior Notes due 2015 issued in connection with a Private Exchange.

 

“Purchase Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, the Purchase Agreement dated September 15, 2005 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes,

 

1



 

the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Issuers and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes.

 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act.

 

“Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Issuers, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.

 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, the Registration Rights Agreement dated September 23, 2005 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, a form of which is attached to this Indenture as Annex B, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration rights agreement, if any, among the Issuers and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration statement issued by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Transfer Restricted Securities” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.3(b) hereof.

 

1.2                                 Other Definitions.

 

Term

 

Defined in Section:

 

“Agent Members”

 

2.1(b)

 

“Distribution Compliance Period”

 

2.1(b)

 

“Global Note”

 

2.1(a)

 

“Regulation S”

 

2.1(a)

 

“Regulation S Notes”

 

2.1(a)

 

“Restricted Global Note”

 

2.1(a)

 

“Rule 144A”

 

2.1(a)

 

“Rule 144A Notes”

 

2.1(a)

 

 

2.                                       The Notes.

 

2.1                                 (a)  Form and Dating.  Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) or in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”) under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”), in each case as provided in a Purchase Agreement, and Private Exchange Notes, as provided in a Registration

 

2



 

Rights Agreement, shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons with the global Notes legend and restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto (each, a “Restricted Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Initial Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository (or with such other custodian as the Depository may direct), and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Initial Notes sold in reliance on either Rule 144A or Regulation S may be held through Euroclear or Clearstream, as indirect participants in the Depository.  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.  Exchange Notes shall be issued in global form (with the global Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto) or in certificated form as provided in Section 2.4 of this Appendix.  Exchange Notes issued in global form and Restricted Global Notes are sometimes referred to in this Appendix as “Global Notes”.

 

(b)                                 Book-Entry Provisions.  This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

 

The Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository.  If such Global Notes are Restricted Global Notes, then separate Global Notes shall be issued to represent Rule 144A Notes and Regulation S Notes so long as required by law or the Depository.

 

Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Note, and the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

Until the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of any Initial Notes and the original issue date of such Initial Notes (such period, the “Distribution Compliance Period”), a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that such transfer is being made to a Person who the transferor reasonably believes is purchasing for its own account or accounts as to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that such person is a QIB, in each case in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.  After the expiration of

 

3



 

the Distribution Compliance Period, such certification requirements shall not apply to such transfers of beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes.

 

Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available).

 

(c)                                  Certificated Notes.  Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes.

 

2.2                                 Authentication.  The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver:  (1) on the Initial Issuance Date, an aggregate principal amount of $175 million 6 ¼% Senior Notes due 2015, (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Issuers pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Indenture and (3) Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, respectively, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers.  Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture.

 

2.3                                 Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  (i)  The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor.  A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note.  The Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.

 

(ii)                                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

 

(iii)                               In the event that a Restricted Global Note is exchanged for Notes in certificated form pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix, prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes

 

4



 

intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.

 

(b)                                 Legend.

 

(i)                                     Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Restricted Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO AN ISSUER, (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (V) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY SUBSEQUENT PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

 

(ii)                                  Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Restricted Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note).

 

5



 

(iii)                               After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to legends on such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note will cease to apply, the requirements requiring any such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will cease to apply, and a certificated Initial Note or Private Exchange Note or an Initial Note or Private Exchange Note in global form, in each case without restrictive transfer legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Initial Note or Private Exchange Note or directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable.

 

(iv)                              Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer.

 

(v)                                 Upon the consummation of a Private Exchange with respect to the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and Private Exchange Notes in global form with the global Notes legend and the Restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Private Exchange.

 

(c)                                  Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note.  At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

 

(d)                                 Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

 

(i)                                     To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

 

(ii)                                  No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 and of the Indenture).

 

(iii)                               The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed

 

6



 

portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

 

(iv)                              Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(v)                                 All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(e)                                  No Obligation of the Trustee.

 

(i)                                     The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

(ii)                                  The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under Applicable Law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

2.4                                 Certificated Notes.

 

(a)                                  A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of certificated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 and (i) the Depository notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and in either event a successor depositary is not appointed by

 

7



 

the Issuers within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and DTC notifies the Trustee of its decision to exchange the Global Notes.

 

(b)                                 Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section shall be surrendered by the Depository or the Notes Custodian to the Trustee located at its Corporate Trust Office to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of certificated Notes of authorized denominations.  Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any integral multiple thereof and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct.  Any certificated Note or Private Exchange Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(b), bear the restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.

 

(c)                                  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b), the Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(d)                                 In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.4(a), the Issuers shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons.

 

8



 

EXHIBIT 1 TO RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX

 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]

 

[Global Notes Legend]

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO AN ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

 

[Restricted Notes Legend]

 

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO AN ISSUER, (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (V) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES

 

1



 

LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY SUBSEQUENT PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

 

2



 

PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

 

PACIFIC ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

 

 

 

CUSIP No.

 

 

 

ISIN No.

 

 

 

 

No.

 

$

 

6 ¼% Senior Note due 2015

 

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Pacific Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally promise to pay to                    , or registered assigns, the principal sum of               Dollars on September 15, 2015 [or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto].(1)

 

Interest Payment Dates:  March 15 and September 15.

 

Record Dates:  March 1 and September 1.

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior

 

 

 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 


(1) If this Note is a Global Note, add this provision.

 

3



 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

AUTHENTICATION

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee, certifies that

this is one of the Notes

referred to in the Indenture.

 

By

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

Dated:

 

4



 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]

 

6 ¼% Senior Note due 2015

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.                                       Interest.  Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), and Pacific Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6 ¼% per annum from September 23, 2005 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest payable pursuant to Section 6 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below.  The Issuers will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing March 15, 2006, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication.  The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.                                       Method of Payment.  The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on March 1 or September 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect payments of principal and premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, due at maturity.  The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and Additional Interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to any amounts due on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

3.                                       Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The

 

5



 

Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

4.                                       Indenture.  The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 23, 2005 (“Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms.  The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers limited to $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount in the case of Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date (as defined in the Indenture).

 

5.                                       Optional Redemption.

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) or (c) of this Paragraph 5, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to September 15, 2010.  On or after September 15, 2010, the Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice as set forth in Paragraph 8, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 15 of the years indicated below:

 

YEAR

 

PERCENTAGE

 

2010

 

103.125

%

2011

 

102.083

%

2012

 

101.042

%

2013 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time on or prior to September 15, 2008, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

(c)                                  At any time prior to September 15, 2010, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem all or any portion of the Notes at the Make-Whole Price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

 

6



 

6.                                       Special Mandatory Redemption

 

If the Issuers have not consummated the acquisition of at least two of the three asset packages that comprise the Valero Assets on or before the day that is 120 days after the closing of the Notes, then the Issuers will, on a day not more than 30 business days after such date (“the “Deadline”), or such earlier date determined by the Issuers and permitted by applicable law (such date, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”), redeem all of the notes at a redemption price equal to 99.545% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.  Notice of a special mandatory redemption prior to the Deadline will be mailed promptly to each Holder of Notes at its registered address, and the Trustee.  On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Company shall pay to a paying agent for payment to each Holder of Notes the redemption price for such Holder’s notes.

 

7.                                       Mandatory Redemption.

 

Except as set forth in Paragraph 6 above and Paragraph 8 below, neither of the Issuers shall be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders.

 

8.                                       Repurchase at Option of Holder.

 

(a)               Within 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date.  Within 30 days following a Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice of the Change of Control Offer to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by Section 4.15 of the Indenture.

 

(b)              On the 366th day after an Asset Sale, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $30.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Indenture, and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness then outstanding, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of settlement, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.  If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture including, without limitation, the repurchase or redemption of

 

7



 

Indebtedness that is subordinated to the notes or, in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantee, the guarantee of such Guarantor.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased) on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness.  Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes.

 

9.                                       Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance) before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the redemption date interest and Additional Interest, if any, cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

10.                                 Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes due on transfer or exchange.  The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, they need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

 

11.                                 Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

12.                                 Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes any Subsidiary Guarantee and any other agreement or documents delivered to the trustee pursuant to the terms of this Indenture may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes an any other agreement or documents delivered to the trustee purchase to the terms of this Indenture may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.  Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s or Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes pursuant to Article 5 hereof, (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors by the Indenture that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the

 

8



 

Indenture of any such Holder, provided that any change to conform the Indenture to the Offering Memorandum shall not be deemed to adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder, (5) to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to Section 4.12 of the Indenture or otherwise, (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, (7) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case as provided in the Indenture, (8) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (9) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee or (10) provide for the issuance of exchange securities which shall have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Notes (except that transfer restrictions contained in the Notes shall be modified or eliminated as appropriate) and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding notes, as a single class of securities.

 

13.                                 Defaults and Remedies.  Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with the provisions of Section 3.10, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 60 days after written notice to comply with any of its other agreements in this Indenture; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Initial Issuance Date, if such default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $30.0 million or more provided that if any such default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 30 days from the continuation of such default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (viii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company as specified in Section 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) of the Indenture.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.  Notwithstanding the

 

9



 

preceding, in the case of an Event of Default arising from such events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in Section 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) of the Indenture, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power conferred on it.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes.  The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers are required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

14.                                 Defeasance and Discharge.  The Notes are subject to defeasance and discharge upon the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

15.                                 No Recourse Against Others.  No past, present or future director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Equity Interest of the Issuers, the General Partner or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

16.                                 Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

17.                                 Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

18.                                 Additional Rights of Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities.  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of September 23, 2005, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).

 

19.                                 CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any

 

10



 

notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

20.                                 Governing Law.  THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

21.                                 Successors.  In the event a successor assumes all the obligations of an Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture, pursuant to the terms thereof, such Issuer will be released from all such obligations.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement.  Requests may be made to:

 

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.

5900 Cherry Avenue

Long Beach, California 90805-4405

Attention: Chief  Financial Officer

 

11



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                           agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)

 

o

 

to an Issuer; or

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

o

 

pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

o

 

inside the United States to a person who the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or

 

12



 

(4)

 

o

 

outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

o

 

pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

13



 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers and any Guarantors as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notice:  To be executed by an executive officer

 

14



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

o Section 4.10

 

o Section 4.15

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount (in minimum denomination of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) you elect to have purchased:  $                   

 

Date:

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Soc. Sec. or Tax Identification No.:

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

 

 

(signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

 

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

15



 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTE]

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date

 

Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note

 

Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note

 

Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase

 

Signature of
authorized
officer
of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16



 

EXHIBIT A TO RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX

 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE
OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE]     */**/

 


*/ If the Note is to be issued in global form add the Global Notes Legend from Exhibit 1 to Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix and the attachment from such Exhibit 1 captioned “[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE”.

 

**/ If the Note is a Private Exchange Note issued in a Private Exchange to an Initial Purchaser holding an unsold portion of its initial allotment, add the Restricted Notes Legend from Exhibit 1 to Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix and replace the Assignment Form included in this Exhibit A with the Assignment Form included in such Exhibit 1.

 

All references to “Additional Interest” in the Note shall be deleted unless if at the date of issuance of the Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note (as the case may be) any Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) has occurred with respect to the related Initial Notes during the interest period in which such date of issuance occurs.

 

1



 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE OR
PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE]

 

PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

 

PACIFIC ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

 

CUSIP No. 
ISIN No.

 

No.

 

$                

 

6 ¼% Senior Note due 2015

 

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Pacific Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally promise to pay to                     , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars on September 15, 2015 [or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto].(2)

 

Interest Payment Dates:  March 15 and September 15.

 

Record Dates:  March 1 and September 1.

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice

 

 

 

President, Chief Financial Officer and
 Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 


(2) If this Note is a Global Note, add this provision.

 

2



 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

AUTHENTICATION

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee, certifies that

this is one of the Notes

referred to in the Indenture.

 

By

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

Dated:

 

3



 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE OR

PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE]

 

6 ¼% Senior Note due 2015

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.                                       Interest.  Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), and Pacific Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6 ¼% per annum from September 23, 2005 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest payable pursuant to Section 6 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below.  The Issuers will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing March 15, 2006, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication.  The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.                                       Method of Payment.  The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect payments of principal and premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, due at maturity.  The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and Additional Interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to any amounts due on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

4



 

3.                                       Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

4.                                       Indenture.  The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 23, 2005 (“Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms.  The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers limited to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount in the case of Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date (as defined in the Indenture).

 

5.                                       Optional Redemption.

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) or (c) of this Paragraph 5, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to September 15, 2010.  On or after September 15, 2010, the Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice as set forth in Paragraph 8, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 15 of the years indicated below:

 

YEAR

 

PERCENTAGE

 

2010

 

103.125

%

2011

 

102.083

%

2012

 

101.042

%

2013 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time on or prior to September 15, 2008, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

5



 

(c)                                  At any time prior to September 15, 2010, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem all or any portion of the Notes at the Make-Whole Price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

 

6.                                       Special Mandatory Redemption

 

If the Issuers have not consummated the acquisition of at least two of the three asset packages that comprise the Valero Assets on or before the day that is 120 days after the closing of the Notes, then the Issuers will, on a day not more than 30 business days after such date (“the “Deadline”), or such earlier date determined by the Issuers and permitted by applicable law (such date, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”), redeem all of the notes at a redemption price equal to 99.545% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.  Notice of a special mandatory redemption prior to the Deadline will be mailed promptly to each Holder of Notes at its registered address, and the Trustee.  On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Issuer shall pay to a paying agent for payment to each Holder of Notes the redemption price for such Holder’s Notes.

 

7.                                       Mandatory Redemption.

 

Except as set forth in Paragraph 6 above and Paragraph 8 below, neither of the Issuers shall be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders.

 

8.                                       Repurchase at Option of Holder.

 

(a)                                  Within 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date.  Within 30 days following a Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice of the Change of Control Offer to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by Section 4.15 of the Indenture.

 

(b)                                 On the 366th day after an Asset Sale, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $30.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Indenture, and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness then outstanding, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of settlement, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.  If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale

 

6



 

Offer, the Company may use such remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture, including, without limitation, the repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness that is subordinated to the notes or, in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantee, the guarantee of such Guarantor.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased) on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness.  Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes.

 

9.                                       Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance) before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the redemption date interest and Additional Interest, if any, cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

10.                                 Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes due on transfer or exchange.  The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, they need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

 

11.                                 Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

12.                                 Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes any Subsidiary Guarantee and any other agreement or documents delivered to the trustee pursuant to the terms of this Indenture may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes an any other agreement or documents delivered to the trustee purchase to the terms of this Indenture may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.  Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s or Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes pursuant to Article 5 hereof, (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to

 

7



 

the Holders of the Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors by the Indenture that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, provided that any change to conform the Indenture to the Offering Memorandum shall not be deemed to adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder, (5) to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to Section 4.12 of the Indenture or otherwise, (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, (7) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case as provided in the Indenture, (8) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (9) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee or (10) provide for the issuance of exchange securities which shall have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Notes (except that transfer restrictions contained in the Notes shall be modified or eliminated as appropriate) and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding notes, as a single class of securities.

 

13.                                 Defaults and Remedies.  Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with Section 3.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 60 days after written notice to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Initial Issuance Date, if such default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $30.0 million or more provided that if any such default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 30 days from the continuation of such default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (viii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company as specified in

 

8



 

Section 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) of the Indenture.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.  Notwithstanding the preceding, in the case of an Event of Default arising from such events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in Section 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) of the Indenture, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power conferred on it.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes.  The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers are required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

14.                                 Defeasance and Discharge.  The Notes are subject to defeasance and discharge upon the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

15.                                 No Recourse Against Others.  No past, present or future director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Equity Interest of the Issuers, the General Partner, the Managing Partner or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

16.                                 Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

17.                                 Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

18.                                 [Additional Rights of Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities.  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of

 

9



 

September 23, 2005, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).](3)

 

19.                                 CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

20.                                 Governing Law.  THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

21.                                 Successors.  In the event a successor assumes all the obligations of an Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture, pursuant to the terms thereof, such Issuer will be released from all such obligations.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture [and/or the Registration Rights Agreement](4).  Requests may be made to:

 

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.

5900 Cherry Avenue

Long Beach, California 90805-4405

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 


(3)  Delete if this Note is not being issued in exchange for an Initial Note.

 

(4)  Delete if this Note is not being issued in exchange for an Initial Note.

 

10



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                             agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

11



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

o

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount (in minimum denomination of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) you elected to have purchased:  $            

 

Date:

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

 

Soc. Sec. or Tax Identification No.:

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

 

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

12



 

ANNEX A

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

 

PACIFIC ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

 

and

 

the Guarantors named herein

 

 

6 ¼% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

 

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
AND AMENDMENT – SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE

 

DATED AS OF                ,      

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

Trustee

 

 

A-1



 

This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of                   ,        is among Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), Pacific Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( “Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), each of the parties identified under the caption “Guarantors” on the signature page hereto (the “Guarantors”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Issuers, the initial Guarantors and the Trustee entered into an Indenture, dated as of September 23, 2005 (the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Company has issued $175 million in aggregate principal amount of 6 ¼% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(g) of the Indenture provides that the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture in order to comply with Section 4.13 or 10.03 thereof, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes; and

 

WHEREAS, all acts and things prescribed by the Indenture, by law and by the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws (or comparable constituent documents) of the Issuers, of the Guarantors and of the Trustee necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument legally binding on the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms, have been duly done and performed;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, to comply with the provisions of the Indenture and in consideration of the above premises, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Section 1.01.                             This Supplemental Indenture is supplemental to the Indenture and does and shall be deemed to form a part of, and shall be construed in connection with and as part of, the Indenture for any and all purposes.

 

Section 1.02.                             This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective immediately upon its execution and delivery by each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

From this date, in accordance with Section 4.13 or 10.03 and by executing this Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantors whose signatures appear below are subject to the provisions of the Indenture to the extent provided for in Article 10 thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

Section 3.01.                             Except as specifically modified herein, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed (mutatis mutandis) and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms with all capitalized terms used herein without definition having the same respective meanings ascribed to them as in the Indenture.

 

A-2



 

Section 3.02.                             Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no duties, responsibilities or liabilities are assumed, or shall be construed to be assumed, by the Trustee by reason of this Supplemental Indenture.  This Supplemental Indenture is executed and accepted by the Trustee subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture with the same force and effect as if those terms and conditions were repeated at length herein and made applicable to the Trustee with respect hereto.

 

Section 3.03.                             THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 3.04.                             The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of such executed copies together shall represent the same agreement.

 

[NEXT PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE]

 

A-3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

      its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

PACIFIC ATLANTIC TERMINALS LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Group LLC, its sole member

 

 

By:  Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., its sole member

 

 

By:  Pacific Energy GP, LP, its general partner

 

 

By:     Pacific Energy Management LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

A-4



 

 

GUARANTORS:

 

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY GROUP LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.,

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

PEG CANADA GP LLC

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.,

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PEG CANADA, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

PEG Canada GP LLC,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

A-5



 

 

ROCKY MOUNTAIN PIPELINE SYSTEM LLC,

 

 

 

By:

 

Pacific Energy Group LLC,

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.,

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice

 

 

 

 

 

President, Chief Financial Officer and

 

 

 

 

 

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RANCH PIPELINE LLC,

 

By:

Pacific Energy Group LLC,

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.,

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

 

 

  its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC MARKETING AND TRANSPORTATION
LLC

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Group LLC,

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.,

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice

 

 

 

 

President, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

and Treasurer

 

A-6



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name: Maddy Hall

 

 

Title: Assistant Vice President

 

A-7



 

ANNEX B

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

[See attached]

 

B-1



 

ANNEX C

 

CERTAIN AGREEMENTS

 

[Pacific to list agreements for clause (4) of Section 4.11]

 

C-1


 

EX-4.3 3 a05-16895_1ex4d3.htm EX-4.3

Exhibit 4.3

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

AMONG

 

PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L. P.,

 

PACIFIC ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION,

 

THE GUARANTORS

 

AND

 

THE INITIAL PURCHASERS

 

6 ¼ % Senior Notes due 2015

 

 

Dated: September 23, 2005

 



 

PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.
(a Delaware limited partnership)

 

PACIFIC ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION
(a Delaware corporation)

 

$150,000,000
6 ¼ % Senior Notes due 2015

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

September 23, 2005

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP.

SCOTIA CAPITAL (USA) INC.

 

c/o LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York  10019

 

Dear Sirs:

 

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), Pacific Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and together with the Partnership, the “Issuers”), and the Guarantors listed on the signature page hereto (the “Guarantors”), propose to issue and sell to you (the “Initial Purchasers”), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated September 15, 2005 (the “Purchase Agreement”), $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of their 6 ¼ % Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Initial Securities”). The Initial Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, to be dated as of the date hereof (the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Issuers and the Guarantors are collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” To satisfy a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers under the Purchase Agreement, the Issuers agree with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and the subsequent holders of the Securities (as defined below) (collectively the “Holders”), as follows:

 

1.                                       Registered Exchange Offer. Unless not permitted by applicable law (after the Company has complied with the ultimate paragraph of this Section 1), the Company shall prepare and, not later than 90 days (such 90th day being a “Filing Deadline”) after the date on which the Initial Purchasers purchase the Initial Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “Closing Date”), file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the

 

1



 

Securities Act”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “Registered Exchange Offer”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Issuers issued under the Indenture, identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities and registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Securities”). The Company shall (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act within 270 days after the Closing Date (such 270th day being an “Effectiveness Deadline”) and (ii) keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders (such period being called the “Exchange Offer Registration Period”).

 

If the Company commences the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company (i) will be entitled to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer 30 days after such commencement (provided that the Company has accepted all the Initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer) and (ii) will be required to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer as soon as practicable after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective but no later than the 40th Business Day after such effectiveness date (the “Consummation Deadline”).

 

As soon as practicable after the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities electing to exchange the Initial Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States.

 

The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Initial Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities (an “Exchanging Dealer”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial Purchaser that elects to sell Securities (as defined below) acquired in exchange

 

2



 

for Initial Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale.

 

The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or an Initial Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and the Initial Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of 180-days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (or such shorter period during which participating broker-dealers are required by law to deliver such prospectus).

 

If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser holds Initial Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser upon the written request of such Initial Purchaser, in exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for the Initial Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Issuers issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities (the “Private Exchange Securities”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the “Securities.

 

In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

 

a.                                       mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal;

 

b.                                      keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders;

 

c.                                       utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee;

 

d.                                      permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

 

e.                                       otherwise comply with all applicable laws.

 

3



 

As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:

 

(x)                                   accept for exchange all the Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange; and

 

(y)                                 cause the Trustee to deliver promptly to each Holder of the Initial Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

 

The Indenture will provide that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the Securities will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.

 

Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Initial Securities, from the date of original issue of the Initial Securities.

 

Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Initial Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or if it is an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or

 

4



 

omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

If following the date hereof there has been announced a change in Commission policy with respect to exchange offers that in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company raises a substantial question as to whether the Registered Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable federal law, the Company will seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer. The Company will pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable action to effectuate a change of Commission policy. In connection with the foregoing, the Company will take all such other actions as may be requested by the Commission or otherwise required in connection with the issuance of such decision, including without limitation (i) participating in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (ii) delivering to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that the Registered Exchange Offer should be permitted and (iii) diligently pursuing a resolution (which need not be favorable) by the Commission staff.

 

2.                                       Shelf Registration. If, (i) because of any change in law or in applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect a Registered Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, (ii) any Initial Purchaser so requests within 90 days following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or (iii) any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or, in the case of any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive freely tradable Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange and any such Holder so requests and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not available for resales by such Holder, the Company shall take the following actions (the date on which any of the conditions described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii) occur, including in the case of clause (iii) the receipt of the required notice, being a “Trigger Date”):

 

a.                                       The Company shall (but in no event more than 75 days after the Trigger Date (such 75th day being a “Shelf Filing Deadline”)) file with the Commission and thereafter use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective on or prior to the 150th day after the Trigger Date (such 150th day being an “Effectiveness Deadline”) a registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement” and, together with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a “Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act (hereinafter, the “Shelf Registration”); provided, however, that no Holder (other

 

5



 

than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder.

 

b.                                      The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus included therein to be lawfully delivered by the Holders of the relevant Securities, for a period of two years (or for such longer period if extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) from the date of its effectiveness or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement (i) have been sold pursuant thereto or (ii) are no longer subject to restrictions on resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereof. The Company shall be deemed not to have used commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless such action is required by applicable law; provided, however, if such Shelf Registration Statement fails to remain effective solely because of the making, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, of a material acquisition that requires financial statements to be filed with the Commission, the Company shall be deemed to have used commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period so long as the period of time such Shelf Registration Statement is not effective does not exceed sixty (60) days.

 

c.                                       Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, amendment or supplement, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

3.                                       Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:

 

a.                                       The Company shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that an Initial Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as such Initial Purchaser reasonably may propose; (ii) include the

 

6



 

information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Company based upon advice of counsel (which may be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling securityholders.

 

b.                                      The Company shall give written notice to the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities (with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement) and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):

 

(i)                                   when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission;

 

(ii)                                when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

 

(iii)                             of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

 

(iv)                            of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

 

(v)                               of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in

 

7



 

any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

 

(vi)                            of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

 

c.                                       The Company shall make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

 

d.                                      The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

 

e.                                       The Company shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and each Initial Purchaser, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Initial Purchaser or any such Holder requests, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference).

 

f.                                         The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

g.                                      The Company shall deliver to each Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such

 

8



 

other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

 

h.                                      Prior to any public offering of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement the Company shall register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

i.                                          The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends.

 

j.                                          Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j).

 

k.                                       Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the

 

9



 

applicable trustee with certificates for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

 

l.                                          The Partnership will comply with all rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Partnership’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period.

 

m.                                    The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

 

n.                                      The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, including requiring the Holder to properly complete and execute such selling Security Holder notice and questionnaires, and any amendments or supplements thereto, as the Company may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

 

o.                                      The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.

 

p.                                      In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and (ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable

 

10



 

such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by Lehman Brothers Inc. and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof.

 

q.                                      In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if requested by any Holder of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion and updates thereof relating to the Securities in customary form addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include, without limitation, the incorporation, organization or formation and good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries; the qualification of the Company and its subsidiaries to transact business as foreign corporations, limited partnerships or limited liability companies; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the applicable Securities; except as otherwise disclosed in the prospectus, the absence of material legal or governmental proceedings involving the Company and its subsidiaries; except as otherwise disclosed in the prospectus, the absence of governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the offering and sale of the applicable Securities, or any agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the compliance as to form of such Shelf Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, respectively; and, as of the date of the opinion and as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein, as then amended or supplemented, and from any documents incorporated by reference therein of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of the prospectus and any such documents, in light of the circumstances existing at the time that the prospectus or such documents were filed with the Commission under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act); (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.

 

11



 

r.                                         If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Initial Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Initial Securities so exchanged that such Initial Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the Initial Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

 

s.                                       In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “Rules”) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”)) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 2720, shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 2720) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules.

 

t.                                         The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

 

4.                                       Registration Expenses.

 

a.                                       All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of and compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a Registration Statement is ever filed or becomes effective, including without limitation;

 

(i)                                   all registration and filing fees and expenses;

 

(ii)                                all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state “blue sky” or securities laws;

 

(iii)                             all expenses of printing (including printing of prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone;

 

(iv)                            all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and

 

12



 

(v)                               all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).

 

The Company will bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any person, including special experts, retained by the Company.

 

b.                                      In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities who are tendering Initial Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and/or selling or reselling Securities pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. unless another firm shall be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.

 

5.                                       Indemnification.

 

a.                                       The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of the Securities, any Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in a Registration Statement or in any amendment thereto a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) the omission or alleged omission to state in a prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto a material fact, necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances, not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission

 

13



 

made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein and (ii) with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Securities concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Securities was required to be delivered by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer results from the fact that there was not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities to such person, a copy of the final prospectus if the Company had previously furnished copies thereof to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party.

 

b.                                      Each Holder of the Securities, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any of its controlling persons.

 

c.                                       Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying

 

14



 

party of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

d.                                      If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5(d), the Holders of the Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have

 

15



 

otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

e.                                       The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

6.                                       Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances.

 

a.                                       By way of liquidated damages, additional interest (the “Additional Interest”) with respect to the Securities shall be assessed as follows if any of the following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (iv) below being herein called a “Registration Default”):

 

(i)                                     any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the Filing Deadline or Shelf Filing Deadline, as applicable;

 

(ii)                                  any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the applicable Effectiveness Deadline;

 

(iii)                               the Registered Exchange Offer has not been consummated on or prior to the Consummation Deadline; or

 

(iv)                              any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective by the Commission but (A) such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or (B) such Registration Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified herein because either (1) any event occurs as a result of which the related prospectus forming part of such Registration Statement would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or (2) it shall be necessary to amend such Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus, to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder.

 

16



 

Each of the foregoing will constitute a Registration Default whatever the reason for any such event and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is beyond the control of the Company or pursuant to operation of law or as a result of any action or inaction by the Commission.

 

Additional Interest shall accrue on the Securities over and above the interest set forth in the title of the Securities from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all such Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate of 0.25% per annum (the “Additional Interest Rate”) for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The Additional Interest Rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum Additional Interest Rate of 1.0 % per annum.

 

b.                                      A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(iv) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material events, with respect to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that Additional Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured (1) in any case, if such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days or (2) solely in the case of a material acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries requiring financial statements to be filed with the Commission, if such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of sixty (60) days.

 

c.                                       Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to Section 6(a) will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Securities. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest Rate by the principal amount of the Securities and further multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest Rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360.

 

d.                                      Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Security until (i) the date on which such Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii)

 

17



 

following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of an Initial Security for an Exchange Security, the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which such Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.

 

7.                                       Rules 144 and 144A. The Company shall use its best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Initial Securities identified to the Company by the Initial Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 

8.                                       Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“Managing Underwriters”) will be selected, with the reasonable approval of the Company, by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such offering.

 

No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

9.                                       Miscellaneous.

 

a.                                       Remedies. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the payment of Additional Interest as provided in Section 6 hereof shall be the exclusive remedy for any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Sections 1 and 2 hereof.

 

18



 

b.                                      No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

 

c.                                       Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent. Without the consent of the Holder of each Security, however, no modification may change the provisions relating to the payment of Additional Interest.

 

d.                                      Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery:

 

(1)                                  if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company;

 

(2)                                  if to the Initial Purchasers, to them in care of:

 

Lehman Brothers Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attention:  Syndicate Department

(Fax: (212) 526-6588)

 

with a copy to:

 

Office of the General Counsel

Lehman Brothers Inc.

399 Park Avenue

New York, NY  10022

Attention:  Director of Litigation

(Fax: (646) 758-5203)

 

(3)                                  if to the Company at its address as follows:

 

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.

5900 Cherry Avenue

Long Beach, California 90805

Attention Lynn T. Wood

(Fax (562) 728-2318)

 

19



 

with a copy to:

 

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, NY 10103

Attention: Alan P. Baden

(Fax: (917) 849-5337)

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

e.                                       Third Party Beneficiaries. The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of Holders hereunder.

 

f.                                         Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

g.                                      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

h.                                      Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

i.                                          Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

j.                                          Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

k.                                       Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason

 

20



 

of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 

l.                                          Submission to Jurisdiction. By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the competent Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the several Initial Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

  PACIFIC ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC ENERGY GROUP LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., its sole member

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC, its general

 

 

 

 

 

partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

21



 

 

PEG CANADA GP LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., its sole member

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy GP, LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC, its general

 

 

 

 

 

partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PEG CANADA, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

PEG Canada GP LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk,

 

 

 

Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROCKY MOUNTAIN PIPELINE SYSTEM LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Group LLC, its sole member

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., its sole member

 

 

 

 

By:

  Pacific Energy GP, LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RANCH PIPELINE LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Group LLC, its sole member

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., its sole member

 

 

 

 

By:

  Pacific Energy GP, LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

22



 

 

PACIFIC MARKETING AND TRANSPORTATION
LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Group LLC, its sole member

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., its sole member

 

 

 

 

By:

  Pacific Energy GP, LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PACIFIC ATLANTIC TERMINALS LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Group LLC, its sole member

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., its sole member

 

 

 

 

By:

  Pacific Energy GP, LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pacific Energy Management LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald A. Tywoniuk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gerald A. Tywoniuk, Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

23



 

The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

 

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.

BANK OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP.

SCOTIA CAPITAL (USA) INC.

 

By:     LEHMAN BROTHERS INC., as Authorized Representative

 

/s/ J. Scott Schlossel

 

Authorized Representative

 

24



 

ANNEX A

 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

ANNEX B

 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities, where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market- making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

ANNEX C

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until , 200 , all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.

 

The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the

 



 

purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

ANNEX D

 

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 


-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----